Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science...
Transcript of Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science · Web view/BSc (Hons) Environmental Science...
Plymouth University
Academic Partnerships
FALMOUTH MARINE SCHOOL
Programme Quality HandbookFdSc Marine Science
Academic Year 2017 - 18
1 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to
2 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal7
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme9
43 Plymouth University Student Union11
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides14
62 Exam Procedures15
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15
71 External Examiner Arrangements15
8 Student Feedback18
81 Student Representation and Enhancement18
82 Student Perception Surveys18
83 Closing the Feedback Loop19
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19
85 Complaints20
86 Extenuating Circumstances20
9 Appendix21
91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21
Appendix36
4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme
This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about
a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for
Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes
This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development
You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Craig Baldwin
Programme Manager Marine Science
01326 310310
01326 310300
craigbaldwincornwallacuk
5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Luke Marsh Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Duncan Jones Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Angela Webster Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Rachel Green Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Liam Marsh Laboratory
Technician
01326 310310
01326 310300
liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759
Email mitchingliscornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish
6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to
2 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal7
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme9
43 Plymouth University Student Union11
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides14
62 Exam Procedures15
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15
71 External Examiner Arrangements15
8 Student Feedback18
81 Student Representation and Enhancement18
82 Student Perception Surveys18
83 Closing the Feedback Loop19
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19
85 Complaints20
86 Extenuating Circumstances20
9 Appendix21
91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21
Appendix36
4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme
This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about
a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for
Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes
This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development
You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Craig Baldwin
Programme Manager Marine Science
01326 310310
01326 310300
craigbaldwincornwallacuk
5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Luke Marsh Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Duncan Jones Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Angela Webster Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Rachel Green Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Liam Marsh Laboratory
Technician
01326 310310
01326 310300
liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759
Email mitchingliscornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish
6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal7
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme9
43 Plymouth University Student Union11
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides14
62 Exam Procedures15
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15
71 External Examiner Arrangements15
8 Student Feedback18
81 Student Representation and Enhancement18
82 Student Perception Surveys18
83 Closing the Feedback Loop19
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19
85 Complaints20
86 Extenuating Circumstances20
9 Appendix21
91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21
Appendix36
4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme
This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about
a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for
Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes
This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development
You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Craig Baldwin
Programme Manager Marine Science
01326 310310
01326 310300
craigbaldwincornwallacuk
5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Luke Marsh Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Duncan Jones Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Angela Webster Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Rachel Green Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Liam Marsh Laboratory
Technician
01326 310310
01326 310300
liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759
Email mitchingliscornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish
6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science5
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal7
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme9
43 Plymouth University Student Union11
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)11
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College11
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University12
5 Employment Opportunities12
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment13
61 Referencing Guides14
62 Exam Procedures15
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback15
71 External Examiner Arrangements15
8 Student Feedback18
81 Student Representation and Enhancement18
82 Student Perception Surveys18
83 Closing the Feedback Loop19
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)19
85 Complaints20
86 Extenuating Circumstances20
9 Appendix21
91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme21
Appendix36
4 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme
This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about
a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for
Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes
This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development
You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Craig Baldwin
Programme Manager Marine Science
01326 310310
01326 310300
craigbaldwincornwallacuk
5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Luke Marsh Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Duncan Jones Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Angela Webster Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Rachel Green Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Liam Marsh Laboratory
Technician
01326 310310
01326 310300
liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759
Email mitchingliscornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish
6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
May we begin by warmly welcoming you to the Foundation Degree in Marine Science The College is delighted that you have chosen to study with us We are sure you are going to have a great time here and will get a great deal from the programme
This Student Handbook is designed specifically for the Foundation Degree you are studying the FdSc in Marine Science In it you will find information about
a Who will be teaching and providing support to you b What you will be studyingc What particular opportunities are available for
Work-based learning Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study ndash especially honours degree routes
This Foundation Degree is designed to provide you with an understanding of marine science within the context of the dynamic world of both academic and vocational development
You will be given the opportunity to take part in a wide variety of learning experiences such as field trips outside lectures practical training and online discussion forums
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
2 Programme TeamProgramme Leader
Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Craig Baldwin
Programme Manager Marine Science
01326 310310
01326 310300
craigbaldwincornwallacuk
5 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Luke Marsh Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Duncan Jones Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Angela Webster Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Rachel Green Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Liam Marsh Laboratory
Technician
01326 310310
01326 310300
liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759
Email mitchingliscornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish
6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Module Leaders who you can contact with queries relating directly to their module(s)
Name Role Tel Fax Email
Luke Marsh Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
lukemarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Duncan Jones Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
duncanjonesfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Angela Webster Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
angelawebsterfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Rachel Green Module Leader
01326 310310
01326 310300
rachelgreenfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
Liam Marsh Laboratory
Technician
01326 310310
01326 310300
liammarshfalmouthmarineschoolacuk
You will also have a Personal Tutor (1st year = Duncan Jones 2nd year = Craig Baldwin) throughout your studies ndash for further details see section 21
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Michelle (Mitch) Inglis What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme She can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617759 or Ext 3759
Email mitchingliscornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish
6 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board ndash located along the science based corridor on the first floor of FMS HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCampus20Map20Falmouthpdf Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
7 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement ActivitiesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutesrsquo walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
8 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
42 Progression through the programmeYour Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
If you progress to the final stage of a University of Plymouth programme then your level 5 marks will be taken into account in your final degree classification Please note that marks from your work-based learning module as a level 4 module will not contribute There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at Newquay College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor Aberdeen Hull and SAMs Progression on to these courses is largely decided upon the studentrsquos interview and in many cases student progression is enhanced by students entering on the second year of these programmes
General College Information and Guidance
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
9 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
10 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
43 Plymouth University Student Union
All students registered at the University are automatically a member of UPSU You can register on our website wwwupsucom to get all the latest information about offers activities gigs campaigns and contact information for your current CollegeInstitution Reps and full-time Executive Officers The website is where we run our elections so partner students can get involved too You can vote online to make your choice and help make changes to your Union Please feel free to get involved with all aspects of UPSU life whether that be campaigning for change becoming a course rep coming along for a night out volunteering with our volunteering department playing in one of our sports teams using our advice centre or writing for our student newspaper
The main contacts for the SU are the Vice President Outreach and the Outreach Co-ordinator The role of the Vice President Outreach involves representing Partner CollegeInstitution Students by visiting meeting and communicating with partner collegeInstitution students and representatives as well as attending strategic boards and committees to champion the Student Voice To get in touch with the Vice President Outreach please contact vpoutreachupsucom The Outreach Coordinator is responsible for providing a link between partner collegeInstitution students and UPSU and promoting opportunities for involvement If you would like to get in touch please contact partnershipstudentsupsucom or wwwupsucomoffcampus More information on UPSU is available at httpwwwupsucomsocieties There are many clubs and societies you may wish to join please follow the URL to find out more
44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)CCSU exists to represent your voice at every level in the College and to make sure you have a fantastic time whilst you are a student with us Whether you are studying A-Levels gaining a Foundation Degree or working towards a BTEC National Diploma - you are a member of the Studentsrsquo Union
Every campus has a team of elected student officers who will be working hard all year from organising parties to running campaigns and you have plenty of chances to get involved
Plus here at Cornwall College your voice is louder than ever all classes have an elected representative who gets to feedback straight to the President and the local site teams The Studentsrsquo Union is one of the best things about Cornwall College and you have the power to determine what itrsquos doing There is something for everyone so donrsquot hesitate to join in httpswwwcornwallstudentsorg
45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
The academic staff at Falmouth have an especially strong link with a variety of local regional and international employers and utilise a variety of employment related opportunities and examples within both lectures and assignments
The FdSc Marine Science also includes a formal work experience outcome in which learners are required to develop links within an employer and undertake an extended period of work experience with them Many students utilise this period of work experience as the basis for the data gathering required to support their final year project
11 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
The FdSc lecture programme includes a number of formal and informal presentations from a series of local and national employers together with a range of visits to local and regional marine based employers
HE Careers and Employability
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
Whilst the FdSc in Marine Science has always incorporated work based or employment skills as a core element within its delivery the course now includes a period of a formally assessed work experience Each student is expected to identify and contact a potential work experience provider and then undertake at least one hundred hours of work experience Students are also expected to keep a log book of any practical based work that they undertake within the course as a source of evidence for the range of applied practical skills that they develop throughout their period of study
The teaching team within FdSc Marine Science not only have a strong academic background but each has long association with many elements of the marine industry Members of the team continue to develop both their academic qualifications and direct industrial experience to ensure that the academic progression and employment opportunities of its graduates are optimised This ongoing academic and industrial development may be evidenced within the range of employment or industry related scenarios or examples that are used as the basis for many case studies or assessments and the variety of work experience opportunities offered to students on the course
12 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Each student is expected to complete a research based project within the second year of the FdSc in Marine Science Many students utilise their work based contacts as the basis for this project and many have used this as the basis for progression in to employment within many marine sectors
Most students graduating from the FdSc Marine Science progress on to some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world before they progress into employment that ranges from ocean exploration fisheries management aquaculture or public aquaria through to specialist marine veterinary practices marine conservation and marine based consultancy practices With an increasing number of students considering direct progression from the FdSc Marine Science in to employment the course also offers students direct contact with a number of local and regional employers with whom students can obtain the vital direct work experience often required to obtain employment within this exciting area
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentIn a full time Foundation Degree all your work in the first year (Stage 1) will be at level 4 The modules in the second year of a full time course will be at level 5 If you progress to an honours degree this is HE level 6
HE Level 4
Successful work at Level 4 will show sound knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles of the subjects that you have studied and you will have learned how to take different approaches to solving problems You will be able show that you can communicate accurately in written and spoken language appropriate to the work in hand and the audience You will have the demonstrated the qualities needed for employment requiring the exercise of some personal responsibility
You will in addition be able to show that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems and be able to present evaluate and interpret material including numerical data in order to develop lines of argument and make sound judgements in accordance with basic theories and concepts the subjects that you have studied
HE Level 5
Successful work at level 5 will show that you can apply the knowledge understanding and skills that your course has given you more widely so that you can evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in some unpredictable situations You will be able to show the qualities necessary for employment in situations requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making and that you can perform effectively in your chosen field
You will be able to demonstrate knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of the subjects you have studied and of the way in which those principles have developed You will be able to apply your knowledge understanding and skills outside the context in which they were first studied including in an employment context You will also be able to show that you can apply the main methods of enquiry in the subjects studied and evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in the field of study In particular you will be able to show that you have an understanding of the limits of your knowledge and how this can influence your thoughts and decisions Your standard of communication in all the accepted forms related to your course will be good and you will be able to communicate well to a variety of audiences You will be able to undertake further training develop existing skills and acquire new competences so that you can assume significant responsibility
13 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
within organisations You will be able to show that you have qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision-making
Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework essay questions
Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Foundation Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
Look at the Learning Resource Centre page on the student portal for the most up to date guide and citethemrightonlinecom
httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationregulationsplagiarism
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you will
14 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
be expected to confirm by signature that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
62 Exam Procedures
For help and support about exams follow this link httpswwwplymouthacukstudent-lifeyour-studiesessential-informationexamshelp-and-support-for-exams
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
Submission of academic work ndash students will be required to submit all assessed academic work in accordance with the assignment schedule or timetable Copies of this timetable can be found on the course noticeboard or on moodle Students may also be required to present partially completed work in advance of the submission deadlines as an element of the tutorial programme Students who are unable to submit work in accordance with the submission deadline may be required to attend a formal tutorial where their academic performance and academic progression may be considered
Extenuating circumstances ndash students who are unable to comply with the submission schedule may consider an application for extenuating circumstances (see section 86)
On line submission ndash students will be required to submit academic work on line using lsquoturnitinrsquo or moodle It is the studentrsquos responsibility to ensure that all work is submitted in the required format
Feedback ndash students may expect formal feedback within 20 working days of the associated submission date Feedback is normally included alongside guiding comments made within the script by the assessor Students are encouraged to seek any further advise or development of this feedback as a means by which they may develop their academic skills
71 External Examiner ArrangementsEach programme has an External Examiner who comes from a Higher Education Institution in the UK (not Plymouth University) The Subject External Examiner is primarily concerned with the standards of assessment of the subject and therefore attends the subject assessment panel They will verify the process of assessment throughout your modules advise upon re-assessment (in your teaching learning and assessment handbook) Your final result is decided by an Examination Board which happens in JuneJuly followed by resit boards in September
You can find your External Examiner reports online through the Plymouth student portal under the tabs lsquoYour Learning Your External Examinerrsquo
15 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 4
CORC 1013C Personal and Employability Skills Development
Essay 50 Report 50
CORF107 Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
Examination 50 Report 50
CORF108 Coastal and Ocean Processes
Report (1) 50 Report (2) 50
CORF112 Introduction to Marine Science
Topical Report 40 Coursework 60
CORF113 Marine Resource Management
Article coursework 50 Presentation 50
CORF122 Benthic Biology A Test 20 Interpretation Video 20 Guidebook 60
CORF123 Pelagic Biology A Test 50 Coursework 50
Level 5
CORF200 Benthic Biology B Examination 50 Report 50
CORF203 Biology and Culture of Aquatic Species
Examination 40 Coursework 60
CORF204 Oceanography and Meteorology
Examination 50 Coursework 50
CORF216 Project Developing project title 20 Assignment 40 amp Article 40
CORF256 Marine Science in Practice
Coursework 100
CORF219 Marine Spatial Planning Test 40 Coursework 60
16 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
17 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2017 - 18) V2 Updated Jan 18
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
18 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
8 Student Feedback81 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher
19 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
20 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
21 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version
associated with the programme
22 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date 2017- 2018
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)22
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features22
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)23
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment29
PS14 Work Based Related Learning321 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
23 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Appendix33
24 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth University
Partner Institution and delivery site (s) Falmouth Marine School
Accrediting Body NA
Language of Study English
Mode of Study Full time (2 years)
Final Award FdSc
Intermediate Award Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE)
Programme Title Marine Science
UCAS Code F710
JACS Code F710Benchmarks ES3 ndash Earth Sciences Environmental Sciences and
Environmental Studies (only relevant areas have been consulted)QAA Foundation Degree Benchmark
Date of Programme Approval 2004
PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)
With aquaria containing species that vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of facilities for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus The town of Falmouth also offers an exciting mix of social and recreational opportunities that fulfils the requirements of its diverse student population
Many of our graduates go on to obtain both honours degrees and higher degrees with some of the most prestigious marine based academic institutions in the world Former graduates have gone on to establish successful careers ranging from marine conservation marine environment management aquaculture fisheries management marine based research marine exploration and development and marine recreation
25 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
None
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
1 To meet the Collegersquos and University of Plymouthrsquos mission statements and core values2 To provide an innovative and broad-based programme of education focusing on all aspects
of the marine industry including environmental issues3 To produce students who can demonstrate a range of academic and study skills to a level
that will enable them to be able to participate in further programmes of study4 To develop students who can demonstrate a wide range of personal and
practicalvocationaltransferable skills this will enable them to be effective in seeking employment with the marine industry
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
Recognise the interdisciplinary of Marine Studies and demonstrate an appreciation of the contribution made by the natural and social sciences
Demonstrate literacy in the terminology classification and nomenclature practiced in the maritime field
Describe the changing relationship between the systems of the marine environment and human development
Fully understand the underlying scientific basis of marine ecosystems Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions Understand the national and international dimension in marine environmental protection Carry out scientific surveys
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesWith staff that have established an international reputation and have a strong background in both marine academic studies and marine related employment the course has established a particularly strong reputation for developing the skills required for progression on to some of the most prestigious academic institutions and employers in the world With aquaria containing species that
26 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
vary from cuttlefish to sharks an extensive range of sampling equipment and newly established marine laboratories the marine school also offers an almost unprecedented range of resources for its students Our unique location also gives each student access to an lsquooutdoorrsquo classroom that consists of the unique and varied marine habitats that can be found just a few minutes walk from the campus
Foundation degrees lay emphasis on the concept of work-based learning together with the support required to develop strong academic skills required for progression on to honours degree programmes The lectures are supported by a significant level of practical work including laboratory skills such as water quality assessment field work such as boat based cetacean observations together with the opportunity to obtain industry specific experience or qualifications including snorkelling diving boat handling aquatic husbandry and population sampling
PS8 Student NumbersIn order to provide the optimum environment for academic standards to develop and the appropriate number of resources to be allocated the following course numbers are given as guidance
Minimum student numbers per stage = 6
Target student numbers per stage = 25
Maximum student numbers per stage =34
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
Students completing the FdSc will be able to progress to stage 3 of the BSc (Hons) Environmental Resource Management BSc (Hons) Environmental Science programme offered by Cornwall College and Plymouth University respectively
27 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
There are a number of Plymouth University courses that past students have progressed to This will be discussed during your academic year
Students now also have the opportunity to progress on to the BSc (Hons) Zoology programme established at the Newquay branch of the College
Many students will choose to progress on to a range of honours degree programmes held at some of the most prestigious marine based universities within the UK and Europe such as Plymouth Southampton Bangor
28 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme
Details
Level 2- Key Skills requirement
Higher Level Diploma
Max 40 points
andor- GCSEs required at
Grade C or above Minimum of Maths and English
Level 3 at least one of the following- ASA Levels 120 to include a relevant subject- Advanced Level
DiplomaAs above
- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
As above
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
As above
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
As above
- International Baccalaureate
As above
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers 60-120 to include Scottish Higher or Advanced higher
Work Experience Normally assessed on interview
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
As above
APEL APCL4 possibilities httpwwwhollyplymouthacukstudenthandbookcommondocumentsasp
Interview Portfolio requirements
Mature students over 21 with relevant experience may be considered after interview
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
No
4 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning
29 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
30 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17)
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS12 Programme Structure5
The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Full Time
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource ManagementCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 2 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and MeteorologyCore 20 CORF216 -Project
5
31 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
FHEQ level 4 amp 5For Part Time
32 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie
Autumn Spring etc)
Core or Option Module Credits Module
YEAR 1 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORC1013C - Personal and Employability Skills DevelopmentCore 20 CORF107 - Practical Skills and Research MethodsCore 10 CORF112 - Introduction to Marine ScienceCore 10 CORF113- Marine Resource Management
YEAR2 ndash Stage 1Core 20 CORF108 - Coastal and Ocean ProcessesCore 20 CORF122 - Benthic Biology ACore 20 CORF123 - Pelagic Biology A
YEAR 3 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF200 - Benthic Biology BCore 20 CORF256 ndash Marine Science in PracticeCore 20 CORF204 - Oceanography and Meteorology
YEAR 4 ndash Stage 2Core 20 CORF219 - Marine Spatial PlanningCore 20 CORF203 - Biology and Culture of Aquatic SpeciesCore 20 CORF216 -Project
33 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ level 4 amp 5
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims
Prog intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
ES3-ref 32Foundation degree ref 271-4
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Identify the natural processes at work at sea and on coastal regions
2 Understand the international dimension in marine science
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Key knowledge and understanding is assessed via a combination of multiple choice tests examinations essays presentations and seminar performances
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123
34 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
3 Determine appropriate and practical survey strategies for coastal zones
4 Apply practical techniques to sampling as part of fieldwork based research
SecondarySupplementaryNone
CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific knowledge and understanding in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsCognitive and Intellectual SkillsES3-ref 334 335 338Foundation degree ref 275 276By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Integrate theory and practice2 Synthesise information data from a variety
of sources3 Critically analyse and evaluate information4 Apply knowledge and understanding to
solve problems
Primary Class exercises Tutorialseminar discussions Feedback via coursework
assessment process (essays etc)
SecondarySupplementary Policy and practice analysis in
surgeries Computer-based practicalrsquos
on data and measurement problems
34 (covering all outcomes)
Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed cognitive and intellectual skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsKey Transferable SkillsES3-ref 336 337 339Foundation degree ref 276 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
1 Literary and information processing2 Self-management3 Communication (oral written CIT)4 Numeracyquantitative skills (reflection
Primary Library and other research exercisesGroup work awareness and practiceComputer-based learning and assessmentSecondarySupplementary
1234 1234 (covering all outcomes)
Coursework of all types
Examination preparation and completion
Assessed discussions Group work
assessments
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
35 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
etc) Class and seminar interactions and feedback
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed transferable skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsEmployment Related Skills
Fd ref ndash 278By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passUndertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment
Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility
Primary Assessed discussions Essaysprojectsdissertations Courseworkgroup work on
practical application questions
SecondarySupplementaryNone
34 (covering all)
Fd ref ndash 278 Assessed discussions Essaysprojects
dissertations Examinationstests Courseworkgroup
work on practical application questions
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed employment skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fieldsPractical SkillsES3-ref 335 336 337 338Foundation degree ref 27By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass1 Computer and information technology skills2 Presentation and oral communication skills3 Written communication4 Vocational specifics
Primary Laboratory work Projects Designated tasks Lectures and tutorials Learning from work
SecondarySupplementaryNone
1234 (covering all)
ES3 ref ndash 335 336 337 338Fd ref ndash 277 (covering all)
Project work
Competence in a range of business-related communication techniques
CORF 107 CORF 200CORF 108 CORF 203CORF 112 CORF 204CORF 113 CORF 216CORF 122 CORF 218CORF 219 CORF 219CORF 123CORF 1013
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed specific practical skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
36 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
37 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
PS14 Work Based Related Learning
WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ level 4 amp 5 WBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)
Work experience period and reflection log book
Learners are required to complete a minimum of 100 hours work experience and complete a log book evidencing the development of their work related practical skills
12Undertake and reflect upon a period of work experience
Work experience log book and associated reflection journal
CORF 218
An explanation of this mapTeaching learning and assessment are aligned to embed WBL skills in the programme via a range of both applied and academic practices that reflects both the academic and vocational influences within the marine environment and employment fields
38 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Appendix
Definitive Module RecordsSECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC1013 MODULE TITLE Personal and Employability Skills Development
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X900
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters)This module is designed to equip students with the necessary knowledge and skills to develop themselves in terms of their personal and employability skills
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked PESD
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSbull Develop conceptual and practical skills in personal development planning for study at degree
level and readiness for employabilitybull Equip learners with baseline personal resources for study and employment such as integrity
personal responsibility reliability and self-motivationbull Develop learnersrsquo skills in team working decision-making problem solving and
communicationbull Stimulate learnersrsquo creativity and encourage a focus on enterprising and challenging tasks
and activity
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Evaluate and benchmark own study and analysis skills capabilities and developmental needs2 Demonstrate understanding of concepts relating to personal employability skills and work
related skills3 Reflect upon how these concepts relate to personal and professional practice4 Effectively manage and self-direct personal and professional learning and development
39 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
DATE OF APPROVAL 09 Feb 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 01 Sep 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 135MODULE LEADER Brender Willmott OTHER MODULE STAFF Relevant Site LeadersSUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT
bull Personal Development Planning - Personal audit professional development career management skills
bull Intra and Interpersonal Skills - Influencing negotiating conflict resolution risk taking problem-solving decision making teamwork initiative self-esteem leadership innovation creativity and enterprise
bull Successful Communication - Interview skills CVs and letters of application self-presentation presentation of information
bull Understanding the Business Context - Organizational culture business strategy sustainability cultural diversity corporate social responsibility financial literacy
bull Project Management - Project planning monitoring evaluation reportingSUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Core material
Seminar 12Smaller workshop sessions where students are supported to apply learning to themselves and their specific industry
Project Supervision 8As part of assignment 1 students have to take part in a group project which seminar tutors set and supervise
Guided Independent Study 160Students are expected to put in time outside of taught sessions on the group project and their own personal development and career planning
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Coursework C1Written EssayReport
5050
Total = 100Updated byBrender Willmott
Date210515
Approved byHE Operations
Date130716
Recommended Texts and Sources
40 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Cottrell S (2010) Skills for success the personal development planning handbook 2nd edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanHager P amp Holland S (2007) Graduate attributes learning and employability Dordrecht SpringerMarsh R (2012) Skills for employability part two moving into employment Wrexham Christal PublishingJournal Carer Development International
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF107 MODULE TITLE Marine Practical Skills and Research Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE X210
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops a range of practical and evaluation skills which are of relevance to the workplace in order to enhance career prospects
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo support the work related aspects of the programme students will be given an opportunity to undertake and evaluate subject specific training
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Undertake a programme of practical training and demonstrate appropriate practical skills for their field of studyDemonstrate and apply quantitative and qualitative research techniquesUndertake comparative statistical analysis
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
41 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTResearch methodologies setting hypotheses hypotheses testing null hypotheses action planning Gantt charts assays selection and use of appropriate marine equipment repetition of procedures accuracy and precision error calculation type I and II errors parametric and non-parametric statistical methods for pair-wise and multiple comparisons regression and correlation qualitativequantitative research statistical analysis regression and correlationTake part in a range of relevant practical skills appropriate for your subject area
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Tutorial 5Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 30Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
covering LO3
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Written report 100
Total = 100covering LO1 and LO2
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sourceshttpwwwkerriergovukindexcfmarticleid=10523httpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwcrruorguk
42 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
httpwwwcwtstrandingsorghttpwwwhsegovukhttpwwwbbccoukhealthfirst_aid_actionhttpwwwseasurvivalorgukhttpwwwwiseschemeorghttpwwwpadicompadidefaultaspxhttpwwwbsacsnorkellingcouk
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF108 MODULE TITLE Coastal and Ocean Processes
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of this module is to allow the learner to understand the topographical geological and sedimentological structures and processes in the marine environment Additionally learners will gain an appreciation of the chemistry of seawater and develop skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from this environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the geological and chemical features and processes of the marine environmentTo allow the learner to gain skills in analysing chemical and geological samples collected from the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the evidence leading to current ocean formation and structureEvaluate the geomorphological and sedimentological structure and processes of coastal environmentsInvestigate and apply a range of analytical techniques for use in marine surveys
43 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2013 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHistory of oceanography seafloor topography plate tectonics isostasy igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rock properties rock cycle erosion and weathering sedimentary processes longshore drift attrition colloids flocculation estuary formation and classification headland and bay formation dune formation seabed processes diagnostic tests to determine rock mineral and sediment type sediment size measurement and classification conservative and non-conservative behaviour heavy metals mixing processes
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 30Demonstration 5Practical Classes and Workshops 5Fieldwork 50Work based learning 10Guided Independent study 100
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Practical ReportPractical Report
5050
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
44 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDunning J amp Onesti L 1998 Earth matters environmental geology New York W H FreemanDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York WileyOpen University 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityPickard G L amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introductionPlummer CC et al 2001 Physical geology 8th ed Boston McGraw-HillSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London Manson
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE 2 MODULE TITLE Introduction to Marine Science
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module will give the student a thorough coverage of basic scientific concepts leading to a development of awareness and use of scientific knowledge This will allow the learner to have a greater understanding of the basic processes at work in the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of introductory biological and physico-chemical processes in the marine environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Comprehend introductory biological processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory chemical processes in the marine environmentComprehend introductory physical processes in the marine environment
45 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Autumn
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Rachel Green
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhotosynthesis cellular respiration biological molecules elemental chemical properties of waterseawater methods for determining salinity nutrient chemistry chromatography genetics pH half and full equations isotopes rate reactions redox chemistry acid-base chemistry inorganic and organic chemical processes SI units introductory sound and light transmission physics in water gravity mechanical physics density adiabatic processes marine physiology elements of PADI Dive Master theory
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 20Work based learning 5Guided Independent study 20
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
Topical ReportCoursework
4060
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 and LO3LO1 LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
46 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Recommended Texts and SourcesCampbell NA amp Reece JB 2005 Biology 7th ed San Francisco PearsonClarke GM 1884 Statistics and experimental design an introduction for biologists and biochemistsEnnos AR amp Bailey SER 1995 Problem solving in environmental biology Harlow LongmanFowler J et al 1998 Practical statistics for field biology 2nd ed Chichester John WileyHarrison M amp McKim F 1999 Mastering physics Basingstoke MacmilllanJones A et al 1999 Access to chemistry Cambridge Royal Society of ChemistryJones A et al 2003 Practical skills in biology 3rd ed Harlow PearsonLibes SM 1992 An introduction to marine biogeochemistry New York John WileyOU 1995 Seawater its composition properties and behaviour 2nd ed Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannOU 1989 Ocean chemistry and deep-sea sediments Milton Keynes Open UniversityRiley PD 2000 Mastering chemistry Basingstoke Macmillan
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF113 MODULE TITLE Marine Resource Management
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module identifies the range of marine resources and examines their exploitation within the context of best environmental practice
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a critical awareness of the vast range of marine resources that have been are and can be exploited anthropogenically
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the composition scope and geographical distribution of marine resources
47 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Demonstrate a knowledge of regulatory issuesEvaluate the potential of alternative energy sources within the marine environmen
DATE OF APPROVAL 28 February 2011 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2011 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER Spring
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Luke Marsh
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSub sea bed resources ndash oil natural gasSeabed resources ndash deep sea minerals shallow sea minerals aggregates chemical materialsWater based resources ndash fishing and aqua culture mineral extraction desalinationSea surface resources ndash transportation leisure tourismMarine energy resources ndash waves wind and tides
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 10External Visits 25Work based learning 15Guided Independent study 59
Total 100 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
ArticlePresentation
5050
Total = 100
National Geographic style article
48 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An Introduction to the Worldrsquos Oceans London Wm C BrownPernetta J 1994 Philiprsquos atlas of the oceans London Reed InternationalPethick J 1984 Introduction to Coastal Geomorphology London Edward ArnoldShellfish NewsConservation BulletinMarine Conservation Societyhttpwwwryaorgukhttpwwwqubacukbbcmarhttpwwwlrorghttpwwwimoorghttpwwwmarineexplorationorgpg=Researchhttpwwwicesdkindexflaasp
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF122 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module acts as an introduction to benthic biology
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 20
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
49 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
MODULE AIMSTo introduce anatomical and identifying features of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo examine physiological processes occurring during the lifecycle of marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groupsTo develop an awareness of behaviours exhibited by marine benthic organisms from major taxonomic groups
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of benthic marine organismsRecognise the anatomical features of a range of benthic marine organismsDescribe the physiological processes of a range of benthic marine organismsCategorise principle animal behaviours in a range of benthic marine organisms
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 June 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTHierarchical taxonomy phylogenetics cladistics binomial nomenclature principles of classification anatomical features identifying features internal and external skeletons growth repair immune systems pollution mediation locomotion sensory systems energy partitioning spermatogenesis oogenesis external and internal fertilisation larval development avian and mammalian biology territoriality aggression and submission predator and prey detection feeding strategies breeding behaviour cues in initiating breeding behaviour care of young innate behaviour methods of learning effect of environment on organism behaviour
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 50Fieldwork 40Guided Independent study 110
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
50 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1C2
2575
Total = 100
Interpretation VideoGuidebook
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceCastro Huber sixth Ed 2007 Marine Biology McGraw HillDobson M Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
51 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF123 MODULE TITLE Pelagic Biology A
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C190
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) The purpose of the module is to allow the learner to develop an ability to identify key flora and fauna in marine pelagic environments and understand the biological processes that are occurring Furthermore learners should be able to identify the physical and chemical factors that influence and constrain pelagic production and understand the interrelations between organisms
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo develop an ability to identify major taxa of flora and fauna in a marine pelagic environmentTo understand the physical and chemical influences on production and the ecological processes occurring within marine pelagic environments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Identify the major taxonomic groups of flora in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the major taxonomic groups of fauna in a marine pelagic environmentIdentify the physical and chemical factors that influence marine pelagic productionDescribe the ecological processes occurring in a range of marine pelagic environments
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2007 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2007 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
52 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPhytoplankton taxa macroalgal taxa zooplankton taxa nekton taxa asexual and sexual reproductive processes and behaviour related to marine pelagic organisms feeding strategies diel vertical migration light intensity angle of illumination compensation depth critical depth mixing depth stratification role of mesoscale eddies in oceanic production seasonal changes in production role of nutrients high nutrient low chlorophyll areas food chains and webs keystone species contrasts between ocean gyre and upwelling zone habitats trophic levels biological fronts predator-prey cycles
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Demonstration 10Practical Classes and Workshops 25Fieldwork 20Guided Independent study 105
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes RSK Calow P Olive PJW Golding DW Spicer JI 2001 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK Hughes R N 2009 An introduction to marine ecology (3rd ed) Blackwell ScienceHayward PJ Ryland JS (eds) 1995 Handbook of the marine fauna of North-West Europe Oxford
53 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
OUPLalli CM Parsons TR 1995 Biological oceanography an introduction Oxford Butterworth-HeinemannLevinton J S 2001 Marine Biology Function Biodiversity Ecology Oxford Oxford University PressMiller CB 2004 Biological oceanography Oxford Blackwell ScienceNybakken J W 2004 Marine biology an ecological approach (6th ed) California Benjamin-CummingsSmith D L Johnson KB 1996 A Guide To Marine Coastal Plankton and Marine Invertebrate LarvaeIowa KendallHunt Publishing CompanyTait R V Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannTodd CD et al 1996 Coastal marine zooplankton a practical manual for students Cambridge CUP
54 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF200 MODULE TITLE Benthic Biology B
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE C160
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module builds upon Benthic Biology A by allowing the student to develop knowledge of the different benthic habitats and the role of the organisms within them It also allows the learner to evaluate the effects of evolutionary and historical ecological changes on benthic habitats and assess biodiversity and production using a variety of methods
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMS To evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitats and the changes mediated by abiotic and biotic processes upon themTo construct and implement techniques for assessing marine benthic habitats
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate a variety of marine benthic habitatsEvaluate the effect of evolutionary and historical ecological processes on marine benthic communitiesConstruct and conduct benthic surveying techniques for assessing biodiversity
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
55 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Items in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Luke Marsh OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCoastal benthic habitats continental shelf benthic habitats bathyal abyssal and hadal benthic habitats extreme environments geographical distributions ecological processes within marine benthic habitats natural and artificial stresses seasonal cycles in marine benthic habitats historical and ecological evolutionary theories survey techniques and mapping equipment used in benthic surveys fieldtrip to a coastal location factors affecting growth and production quantitative methods of determining biomass and production
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 25Practical Classes and Workshops 10Fieldwork 40Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Examination 100Total = 100
To cover LO1
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report
Total = 100LO2 and LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesisBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell ScienceDobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth Heinemann
56 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
New ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF256 MODULE TITLE Marine Science in Practice
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module enables the student to develop an awareness and understanding of the importance of the link between the marine pelagic and marine benthic zones together with the microbiological processes that recycle nutrients and drive further production or supply nutrition to the benthic environment The learner will also gain an understanding of population and production assessment methods that are associated with the pelagic environment Additionally the learner will be provided with the opportunity to gain valuable work experience skills by evaluating a work placement within the marine sector
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical) or PassFail (delete as appropriate)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Falmouth Marine School
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an awareness of the microbiological processes that influence the nutrient and nutritional supply routesTo develop an understanding of population and production assessment techniquesTo evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to5 Appraise linkages between the marine pelagic zone and marine benthic zone6 Apply pelagic surveying techniques for quantifying pelagic populations in a marine location7 Evaluate a period of work experience within the marine sector
DATE OF APPROVAL FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 19 Sep 2016 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
57 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF None
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTSecondary production new production factors affecting production fate and formation of marine snow snow aggregation and degradation microbial activity microbial loop link v sink munchate and exudate HNLC fertilisation TEP measuring productivity qualitative and quantitative surveying invertebrate and vertebrate sampling protocols open and enclosed modelsInput from guest speakers from industry to consolidate and contextualise scientific content
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Theory of biotic and abiotic factorsPractical Classes and Workshops 10 Application of assessmentsGuided Independent Study 70 VLE tasks and independent researchWork Placement 100 Various placements and training as agreed
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E_ Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
Coursework C1EssayReflection
6040
Total = 100
LO1 and LO2Reflection on work placement to cover LO3
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated byCraig Baldwin
Date111215
Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarnes R S K Calow P amp Olive P J W 1999 The invertebrates a new synthesis Oxford Blackwell ScienceBarnes RSK amp Hughes R N 1988 An introduction to marine ecology Blackwell Science
58 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Dobson M amp Frid C 1998 Ecology of aquatic systems London LongmanDuxbury AC amp Duxbury AB 1997 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans London Wm C BrownNybakken J W 1997 Marine biology an ecological approach California Addison WesleyTait R V amp Dipper F A1998 Elements of marine ecology Oxford Butterworth HeinemannNew ScientistThe Marine Scientist
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF219 MODULE TITLE Marine Spatial Planning
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module develops an appreciation of methods used to manage competing interests within the marine environment
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement
MODULE AIMSTo engender an awareness of planning dilemmas within the coastal zone and territorial waters and how such dilemmas can be resolved with or without holistic regulatory frameworks
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate how the coastal and ocean environments are managedDiscuss issues in marine regulationCreate and assess a management plan for a marine environment
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 February 2009 FACULTYOFFICE Academic Partnerships
DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2009 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
59 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTRole of the EU and UK Government in marine regulation eg MCAEALocal Authorities local and international marine regulation and legislation eg UN Law of the Sea OSPAR Marine Protected Areas Special Areas of Conservation lsquoNo Take Zonesrsquo threats to coastal zones eg Climate change anthropogenic development role of NGOs Management options for coastal zones eg managed retreat lsquodo nothingrsquo hard and soft engineering
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 45Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 30
Guided Independent study 125
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T1 100Total = 100
CourseworkC1 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and SourcesBishop V Prosser R 1997 Landform Systems London Collins EducationalBird E (2000) Coastal Geomorphology an introduction WileyDEFRA (2001) Shoreline Management Plans A Guide for coastal defence authorities DEFRA publicationsFrench P 1997 Coastal and estuarine management RoutledgeMAFF (1995) Shoreline Management Plans a guide for coastal defence
60 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
authorities MAFF Publications PB 2197Pethick J 1984 Introduction to coastal morphology London Edward ArnoldPotts J (1999) The non-statutory approach to coastal defence in England andWales Coastal Defence Groups and Shoreline Management PlansSouth Downs Coastal Group (1996) South Downs shoreline management plan -Selsey Bill to Beachy Head Gifford and PartnersThurman HV Trujillo AP 1999 Essentials of oceanography New Jersey Prentice HallViles HA and T Spencer 1995 Coastal problems Geomorphology Ecology and
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF203 MODULE TITLE Biology and Culture of Marine Aquatic Species
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThis module provides an insight into the principles and process relating to the biology and culture of marine aquatic species The learners will gain valuable knowledge directly relating to industrial production methodologies
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the main aspects of the biology and ecology of a nominated range of commercially important marine aquatic speciesExplain and analyse how to set up and manage a culture system for a nominated marine aquatic speciesCritically evaluate the key biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of a nominated range of marine aquatic species within culture systems
61 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
DATE OF APPROVAL 07 July 2010 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2010 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 111
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced biology of main groups of cultured marine aquatic species (anatomy physiology behaviour and ecology) Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the welfare of aquatic species within a culture environment Components and management of culture systems Bioethics and legislation associated with culture systems
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 35Workbased learning 5Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Critical Evaluation 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
Recommended Texts and Sources
62 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Bone Q N B Marshall and JHS Blaxter (2004) Biology of fishes BIOS Scientific PublishersCosta-Pierce BA (2002) Ecological Aquaculture BlackwellGarrick-Maidment N (1999) Seahorses Conservation and care Kingdom BooksPillay TVR (1993) Aquaculture principles and practices Fishing NewsSouthgate P and Lucas J (2003) Aquaculture Fish and shellfish farming Fishing NewsStickney RR (2000) Encyclopedia of aquaculture Wiley
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF204 MODULE TITLE Oceanography and Meteorology
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 4 JACS CODE F710
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide an understanding of how ocean and atmosphere processes operate both vertically and horizontallyTo provide an understanding of how weather and climate develop and how oceans regulate these developments
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Evaluate the driving forces of the worldrsquos oceansDetermine how surface waves are propagatedExplain the driving forces of the atmosphereAnalyse the mechanisms of weather system formation and climate change
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 April 2013 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2014 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED TERMSEMESTER All Year
63 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
CHANGE
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Duncan Jones OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe sunrsquos influence on the warming of the earth the development of cloud the generation of the upper atmosphere and surface winds the development of the mid-latitude cyclone understanding and producing a synoptic chart climate classification ocean and atmosphere interaction El Nino and La Nina North Atlantic Oscillation global climate change currents the North Atlantic gyre Gulf Stream Ekman transport geostrophic flow thermocline halocline pycnocline thermohaline circulation capillary waves gravity waves restoring forces and the calculation of wave period celerity and wavelength internal waves and celerity of internal waves Rossby waves and Kelvin waves dynamic and equilibrium tidal theories
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 40Practical Classes and Workshops 5Supervised Time in StudioWorkshop 5
Fieldwork 30Guided Independent study 120
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 100Total = 100
Meteorological driving forces and weather systems
T_ Total = 100
CourseworkC1 Practical Report 100
Total = 100
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved by Date
64 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Recommended Texts and SourcesBarry RG amp Chorley RJ 2003 Atmosphere weather and climate 8th ed London RoutledgeSverdrup K et al 2003 An introduction to the worldrsquos oceans 7th ed New York McGraw-HillDyer KR 1997 Estuaries a physical introduction Chichester WileyLutgens FK amp Tarbuck EJ 1992 The atmosphere an introduction to meteorology London Prentice HallMoran JM amp Morgan MD 1997 Meteorology the atmosphere and the science of weatherUpper Saddle River Prentice HallPickard GL amp Emery WJ 1990 Descriptive physical oceanography an introduction OxfordButterworth-HeinemannSummerhayes CP amp Thorpe SA 1996 Oceanography an illustrated guide London MansonOcean Challenge
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORF216 MODULE TITLE Project
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 5 JACS CODE J600
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR (max 425 characters) This module is the final year individual project module
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)
E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked FMS
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo provide the opportunity for students to tackle a substantive topic by means of supervised self-study
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES (additional guidance below)Select design implement manage and then critically evaluate a suitable research project applicable to their programme of studyResearch the subject to an appropriate depth and summarise the findings of the chosen research project in an appropriate format
65 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Present the findings of the chosen research project
DATE OF APPROVAL 01 July 2004 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION
01 September 2004 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall College
DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE 280211 TERMSEMESTER All Year
Additional notes (for office use only)
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016- 2017 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 112
MODULE LEADER Craig Baldwin OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Vaughan
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPlanning a project in conjunction with academic staff negotiating preparing and submitting a synopsisUse of a detailed project logbook of project execution contacts decisions references time management discipline preparing a time line diagram or Gantt chartFirst Oral presentation of project plan pace and timing progress to dateCarryout laboratoryworkshoplibrary activity including researchPresent progress report supported by log book and time line diagram every 3 to 4 weeks to projects coordinatorsupervisorFinal oral visual project presentation Clarity use of visual aids models test results conclusionsPreparation and submission of final project reportClarity layout use of language
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationSeminar 20Project Supervision 55Work based learning 5Guided Independent study
Total 200 (NB 1 credit = 10 hours or learning 10 credits = 100 hours etc)
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1 Total = 100
T_ Total = 100
66 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-
Coursework
C1C2C3
2040
40Total = 100
Development of project titleProfessionalism assignmentJournal article
Practical P_ Total = 100
Updated by Date Approved byHE Operations
Date230916
Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J 1993 Doing your research project a guide for first-time researchers in education and social science Buckingham Open University PressSharp JA and Howard K 1996 The management of a student research project Aldershot Gower
67 | P a g eFdSc Marine Science Handbook (2016-17) V2 Updated Jan 18
- 1 Welcome and Introduction to FdSc Marine Science
- 2 Programme Team
- Programme Leader
- Student support in the College is based in the staff room where you can find your programme leader (Craig Baldwin)
- 3 Personal Tutor
-
- 31 Plymouth Portal
-
- 4 Programme Details
-
- 41 Enhancement Activities
- 42 Progression through the programme
-
- General College Information and Guidance
-
- 43 Plymouth University Student Union
- 44 Cornwall College Student Union (CCSU)
- 45 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
- httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3AnullHE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
- 46 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
-
- 5 Employment Opportunities
- 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
-
- 61 Referencing Guides
- 62 Exam Procedures
-
- 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
-
- 71 External Examiner Arrangements
-
- 8 Student Feedback
-
- 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
- 82 Student Perception Surveys
- 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
- 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
- 85 Complaints
- 86 Extenuating Circumstances
-
- 9 Appendix
-
- 91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme
-
- Programme Title FdSc Marine Science
- Partner Delivering Institution Falmouth Marine School
- State Date 2016-17
- First Award Date 2017- 2018
- Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
- PS1 Programme Details
- PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
- PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
- PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
- PS5 Programme Aims
- PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
- PS7 Distinctive Features
- PS8 Student Numbers
- PS9 Progression Route(s)
- PS10 Admissions Criteria
- PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
- PS12 Programme Structure
- PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
- Appendix
-